blob: aca011f9df99fdde14e88de787485a97aedd0d5e [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000034#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000035
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000036using namespace clang;
37
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
50
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000051enum FloatingRank {
52 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
53};
54
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000055void
56ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
57 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
58 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
59 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000060 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000061
62 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
63 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
64 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
65 PEnd = Params->end();
66 P != PEnd; ++P) {
67 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(0);
69 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
70 continue;
71 }
72
73 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
74 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000075 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000076 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000077 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
78 ID.AddBoolean(true);
79 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
80 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
81 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
82 } else
83 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000084 continue;
85 }
86
87 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
88 ID.AddInteger(2);
89 Profile(ID, TTP);
90 }
91}
92
93TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
94ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +000095 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000096 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
97 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
98 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
99 void *InsertPos = 0;
100 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
101 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
102 if (Canonical)
103 return Canonical->getParam();
104
105 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
106 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
107 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
108 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
109 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
110 PEnd = Params->end();
111 P != PEnd; ++P) {
112 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
113 CanonParams.push_back(
114 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000115 SourceLocation(),
116 SourceLocation(),
117 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000118 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
119 TTP->isParameterPack()));
120 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000121 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
122 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
123 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
124 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
125 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
126 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
127 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
128 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
129 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
130 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
131 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
132 }
133
134 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000135 SourceLocation(),
136 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000137 NTTP->getDepth(),
138 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
139 T,
140 TInfo,
141 ExpandedTypes.data(),
142 ExpandedTypes.size(),
143 ExpandedTInfos.data());
144 } else {
145 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000146 SourceLocation(),
147 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000148 NTTP->getDepth(),
149 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
150 T,
151 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
152 TInfo);
153 }
154 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
155
156 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000157 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
158 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
159 }
160
161 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
162 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
163 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000164 TTP->getPosition(),
165 TTP->isParameterPack(),
166 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000167 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
168 SourceLocation(),
169 CanonParams.data(),
170 CanonParams.size(),
171 SourceLocation()));
172
173 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
174 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
175 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
176 (void)Canonical;
177
178 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
179 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
180 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
181 return CanonTTP;
182}
183
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000184CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000185 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
186
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000187 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000188 case CXXABI_ARM:
189 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
190 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000191 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000192 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
193 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
194 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000195 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000196}
197
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000198static const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
199 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
200 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
201 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
202 // language-specific address space.
203 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
204 1, // opencl_global
205 2, // opencl_local
206 3 // opencl_constant
207 };
208 return FakeAddrSpaceMap;
209 } else {
210 return T.getAddressSpaceMap();
211 }
212}
213
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000214ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000215 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000216 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000217 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000218 unsigned size_reserve) :
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +0000219 FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000220 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
221 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +0000222 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000223 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
224 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000225 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0),
226 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0),
227 BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000228 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000229 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)),
230 AddrSpaceMap(getAddressSpaceMap(t, LOpts)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000231 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000232 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
233 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000234 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000235 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall8178df32011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000236 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000237 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
238 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000239 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000241 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000242 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000243}
244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000245ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000246 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
247 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
248 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000249
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000250 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
251 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
252 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000253
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000254 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
255 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
256 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
257 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
258 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000259
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000260 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000261 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
262 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
263 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
264 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
265 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
266 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
267 R->Destroy(*this);
268
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000269 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
270 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
271 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
272 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
273 R->Destroy(*this);
274 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000275
276 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
277 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
278 A != AEnd; ++A)
279 A->second->~AttrVec();
280}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000281
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000282void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
283 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
284}
285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000287ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
288 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
289}
290
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000291void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
292 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
293 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000294
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000295 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000297#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
298#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
299 0 // Extra
300 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000302 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
303 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000304 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000305 }
306
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000307 unsigned Idx = 0;
308 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
309#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
310 if (counts[Idx]) \
311 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
312 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
313 ++Idx;
314#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
315#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000316
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000317 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000318
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000319 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000320 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
321 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
322 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000323 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
324 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
325 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000326 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
327 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit move constructors created\n",
328 NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared,
329 NumImplicitMoveConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000330 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
331 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
332 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000333 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
334 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit move assignment operators created\n",
335 NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
336 NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000337 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
338 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
339
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000340 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
341 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
342 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
343 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000344
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000345 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000346}
347
348
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000349void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000350 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000351 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000352 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000353}
354
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000355void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
356 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 // C99 6.2.5p19.
359 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000360
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 // C99 6.2.5p2.
362 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
363 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000364 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000365 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
366 else
367 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
368 // C99 6.2.5p4.
369 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
370 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
371 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
372 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
373 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000375 // C99 6.2.5p6.
376 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
377 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
378 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
379 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
380 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382 // C99 6.2.5p10.
383 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
384 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
385 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000386
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000387 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
388 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
389 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
390
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000391 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000392 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000393 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
394 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
395 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
396 } else // C99
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000397 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000398
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000399 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
400 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
401 else // C99
402 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
403
404 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
405 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
406 else // C99
407 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
408
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000409 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
410 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
411 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
412 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
413 // expressions.
414 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000416 // Placeholder type for functions.
417 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
418
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000419 // Placeholder type for bound members.
420 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
421
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000422 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
423 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
424
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000425 // C99 6.2.5p11.
426 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
427 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
428 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000429
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000430 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000432 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
433 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
434 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000435 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000437 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000438 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
439 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000440 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000441
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000442 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000444 // void * type
445 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000446
447 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
448 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000449}
450
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000451Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
452 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
453}
454
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000455AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
456 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
457 if (!Result) {
458 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
459 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
460 }
461
462 return *Result;
463}
464
465/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
466void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
467 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
468 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
469 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
470 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
471 }
472}
473
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000474MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000475ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000476 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000477 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000478 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
479 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
480 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000482 return Pos->second;
483}
484
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000486ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000487 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
488 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000489 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
490 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
491 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
492 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000493 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000494 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000495}
496
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000497NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000498ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000499 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000500 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
501 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000502 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000503
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000504 return Pos->second;
505}
506
507void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000508ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
509 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
510 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
511 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
512 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
513 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
514 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
515}
516
517UsingShadowDecl *
518ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
519 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
520 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
521 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
522 return 0;
523
524 return Pos->second;
525}
526
527void
528ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
529 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
530 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
531 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000532}
533
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000534FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
535 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
536 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
537 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
538 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000540 return Pos->second;
541}
542
543void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
544 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
545 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
546 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
547 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
548 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000549
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000550 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
551}
552
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000553bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
554 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
555 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
556 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
557
558}
559
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000560bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
561 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
562 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Fariborz Jahaniancc0f9f12011-05-03 22:07:14 +0000563 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
564 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000565
566}
567
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000568bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
569 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
570 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
571 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() &&
572 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
573}
574
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000575bool ASTContext::NoneBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
576 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
577 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
578 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
579}
580
581bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNoneBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
582 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
583 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
584 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
585}
586
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000587ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
588ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
589 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
590 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
591 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
592 return 0;
593
594 return Pos->second.begin();
595}
596
597ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
598ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
599 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
600 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
601 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
602 return 0;
603
604 return Pos->second.end();
605}
606
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000607unsigned
608ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
609 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
610 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
611 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
612 return 0;
613
614 return Pos->second.size();
615}
616
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000617void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
618 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
619 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
620}
621
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000622//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
623// Type Sizing and Analysis
624//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000625
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000626/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
627/// scalar floating point type.
628const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000629 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000630 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
631 switch (BT->getKind()) {
632 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
633 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
634 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
635 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
636 }
637}
638
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000639/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000640/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
641/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000642/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
643/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000644CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000645 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
646
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000647 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
648 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
649 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000650
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000651 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
652 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
653 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
654 //
655 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
656 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
657 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
658 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
659 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
660 } else {
661 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
662 }
663 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000664 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
665 UseAlignAttrOnly =
666 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
667 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000668
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000669 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
670 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000671 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000672 // do nothing
673
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000674 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000675 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000676 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000677 if (RefAsPointee)
678 T = RT->getPointeeType();
679 else
680 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
681 }
682 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000683 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
684 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000685 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000686 const ArrayType *arrayType;
687 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
688 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
689 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
690 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
691 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
692 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000693
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000694 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
695 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
696 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000697 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
698 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000699
700 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
701 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
702 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
703 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
704 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
705 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
706 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
707 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
708
709 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000710 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000711
712 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
713 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
714 if (offset > 0) {
715 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
716 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
717 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
718 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
719 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
720 }
721
722 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000723 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000724 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000725
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000726 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000727}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000728
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000729std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000730ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000731 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000732 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
733 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000734}
735
736std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000737ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000738 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
739}
740
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000741/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
742/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000743///
744/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
745/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
746/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000747std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000748ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000749 uint64_t Width=0;
750 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000751 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000752#define TYPE(Class, Base)
753#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000754#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000755#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
756#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCalld3d49bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +0000757 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000758 break;
759
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000760 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
761 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000762 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
763 Width = 0;
764 Align = 32;
765 break;
766
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000767 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000768 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000769 Width = 0;
770 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
771 break;
772
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000773 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000774 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000779 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000780 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000781 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000782 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000783 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000784 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
785 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
786 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000787 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000788 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
789 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000790 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000791 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
792 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
793 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000794 break;
795 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000796
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000797 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000798 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000799 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000800 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000801 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
802 Width = 0;
803 Align = 8;
804 break;
805
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000806 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000807 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
808 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000809 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000810 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
811 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
812 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000813 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000814 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
815 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000816 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000817 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
818 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000819 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
820 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
821 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000822 case BuiltinType::Char16:
823 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
824 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
825 break;
826 case BuiltinType::Char32:
827 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
828 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
829 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000830 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000831 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000832 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
833 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000834 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000835 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000836 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000837 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
838 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000839 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000840 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000841 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000842 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
843 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000844 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000845 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000846 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000847 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
848 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000849 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000850 case BuiltinType::Int128:
851 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
852 Width = 128;
853 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
854 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000855 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000856 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
857 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000858 break;
859 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000860 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
861 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000862 break;
863 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000864 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
865 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000866 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000867 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
868 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
869 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000870 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000871 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
872 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
873 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
874 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
875 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
876 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000877 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000878 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000879 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000880 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000881 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000882 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000883 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000884 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
885 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000886 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
887 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
888 break;
889 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000890 case Type::LValueReference:
891 case Type::RValueReference: {
892 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
893 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000894 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
895 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000896 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
897 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
898 break;
899 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000900 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000901 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000902 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000903 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
904 break;
905 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000906 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000907 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000909 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000910 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000911 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
912 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000913 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000914 case Type::Complex: {
915 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
916 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000918 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000919 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000920 Align = EltInfo.second;
921 break;
922 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000923 case Type::ObjCObject:
924 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000925 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000926 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000927 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000928 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000929 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000930 break;
931 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000932 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000933 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000934 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
935
936 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +0000937 Width = 8;
938 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000939 break;
940 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000941
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000942 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000943 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
944
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000945 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000946 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000947 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000948 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000949 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000950 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000951
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000952 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000953 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
954 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000955
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000956 case Type::Auto: {
957 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
958 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000959 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000960 }
961
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000962 case Type::Paren:
963 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
964
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000965 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +0000966 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000967 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
968 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000969 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
970 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
971 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
972 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
973 Align = AttrAlign;
974 else
975 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000976 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000977 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000978 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000979
980 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
981 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
982 .getTypePtr());
983
984 case Type::TypeOf:
985 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
986
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000987 case Type::Decltype:
988 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
989 .getTypePtr());
990
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +0000991 case Type::UnaryTransform:
992 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
993
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000994 case Type::Elaborated:
995 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000996
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000997 case Type::Attributed:
998 return getTypeInfo(
999 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1000
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001001 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001002 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001003 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001004 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1005 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1006 // aligned attribute on it.
1007 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1008 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1009 else
1010 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1011 }
1012
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001013 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001014
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001015 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001016 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001017}
1018
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001019/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1020CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1021 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1022}
1023
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001024/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1025int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1026 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1027}
1028
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001029/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1030/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001031CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001032 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001033}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001034CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001035 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001036}
1037
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001038/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001039/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001040CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001041 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001042}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001043CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001044 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001045}
1046
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001047/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1048/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1049/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1050/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001051unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001052 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001053
1054 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001055 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001056 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1057 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1058 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1059 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1060
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001061 return ABIAlign;
1062}
1063
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001064/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
1065/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
1066///
1067void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001068 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001069 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
1070 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
1071 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1072 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1073 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1074 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001075}
1076
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001077/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1078/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1079/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1080/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1081/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001082///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001083void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1084 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001085 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001086 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1087 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1088 if (!leafClass) {
1089 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1090 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001091 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1092 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001093 else {
1094 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1095 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1096 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1097 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1098 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001099}
1100
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001101/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1102/// those inherited by it.
1103void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001104 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001105 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001106 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1107 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1108 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1109 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001110 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001111 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001112 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001113 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1114 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001115 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1116 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001117 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001118
1119 // Categories of this Interface.
1120 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1121 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1122 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1123 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1124 while (SD) {
1125 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1126 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1127 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001128 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001129 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001130 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1131 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001132 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001133 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1134 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1135 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1136 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001137 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001138 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1139 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1140 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001141 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001142 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1143 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1144 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1145 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001146 }
1147}
1148
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001149unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001150 unsigned count = 0;
1151 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001152 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1153 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001154 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1155
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001156 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1157 // includes synthesized ivars.
1158 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001159 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1160
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001161 return count;
1162}
1163
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001164/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1165ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1166 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1167 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1168 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1169 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1170 return 0;
1171}
1172/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1173ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1174 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1175 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1176 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1177 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1178 return 0;
1179}
1180
1181/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1182void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1183 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1184 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1185 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1186}
1187/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1188void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1189 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1190 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1191 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1192}
1193
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001194/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1195/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001196Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001197 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1198 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1199 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001200 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001201 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001202 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1203}
1204
1205/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1206void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1207 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001208 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1209 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001210 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1211}
1212
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001213/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001214///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001215/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001216/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1217///
1218/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1219/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1220/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001221TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001222 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001223 if (!DataSize)
1224 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1225 else
1226 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001227 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001228
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001229 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1230 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1231 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1232 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001233}
1234
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001235TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001236 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001237 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001238 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001239 return DI;
1240}
1241
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001242const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001243ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001244 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1245}
1246
1247const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001248ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1249 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001250 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1251}
1252
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001253//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1254// Type creation/memoization methods
1255//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1256
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001257QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001258ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1259 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1260 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001261
1262 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001264 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1265 void *insertPos = 0;
1266 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1267 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1268 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001269 }
1270
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001271 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1272 QualType canon;
1273 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1274 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1275 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1276 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1277
1278 // Re-find the insert position.
1279 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1280 }
1281
1282 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1283 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1284 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001285}
1286
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001287QualType
1288ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001289 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1290 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001291 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001292
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001293 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1294 // into one ExtQuals node.
1295 QualifierCollector Quals;
1296 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001297
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001298 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1299 // another one.
1300 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1301 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1302 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001304 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001305}
1306
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001307QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001308 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001309 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001310 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001311 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001312
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001313 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1314 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001315 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001316 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1317 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1318 }
1319 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001320
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001321 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1322 // into one ExtQuals node.
1323 QualifierCollector Quals;
1324 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001325
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001326 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1327 // another one.
1328 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1329 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1330 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001331
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001332 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001333}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001334
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001335const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1336 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1337 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1338 return T;
1339
1340 QualType Result;
1341 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1342 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1343 } else {
1344 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1345 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1346 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1347 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1348 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1349 }
1350
1351 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1352}
1353
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001354/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1355/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001356QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1358 // structure.
1359 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1360 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001362 void *InsertPos = 0;
1363 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1364 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001365
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1367 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1368 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001369 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001370 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1373 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001374 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001376 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377 Types.push_back(New);
1378 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1379 return QualType(New, 0);
1380}
1381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1383/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001384QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1386 // structure.
1387 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1388 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001389
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001390 void *InsertPos = 0;
1391 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1392 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1395 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1396 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001397 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001398 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001399
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1401 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001402 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001404 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001405 Types.push_back(New);
1406 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1407 return QualType(New, 0);
1408}
1409
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001411/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001412QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001413 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1414 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001415 // structure.
1416 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1417 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001418
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001419 void *InsertPos = 0;
1420 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1421 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1422 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423
1424 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001425 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1426 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001427 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001428 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001430 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1431 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1432 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001433 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001434 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001435 BlockPointerType *New
1436 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001437 Types.push_back(New);
1438 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1439 return QualType(New, 0);
1440}
1441
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001442/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1443/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001444QualType
1445ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00001446 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
1447 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
1448
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001449 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1450 // structure.
1451 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001452 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001453
1454 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001455 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1456 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001457 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001458
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001459 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1460
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001461 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1462 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1463 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001464 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1465 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1466 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001467
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001468 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001469 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1470 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001471 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 }
1473
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001474 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001475 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1476 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001477 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001478 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001479
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001480 return QualType(New, 0);
1481}
1482
1483/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1484/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001485QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001486 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1487 // structure.
1488 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001489 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001490
1491 void *InsertPos = 0;
1492 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1493 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1494 return QualType(RT, 0);
1495
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001496 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1497
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001498 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1499 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1500 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001501 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1502 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1503 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001504
1505 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1506 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1507 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001508 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001509 }
1510
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001511 RValueReferenceType *New
1512 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001513 Types.push_back(New);
1514 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001515 return QualType(New, 0);
1516}
1517
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001518/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1519/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001520QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001521 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1522 // structure.
1523 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1524 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1525
1526 void *InsertPos = 0;
1527 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1528 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1529 return QualType(PT, 0);
1530
1531 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1532 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1533 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001534 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001535 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1536
1537 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1538 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1539 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001540 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001541 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001542 MemberPointerType *New
1543 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001544 Types.push_back(New);
1545 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1546 return QualType(New, 0);
1547}
1548
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001549/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001550/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001551QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001552 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001553 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001554 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001555 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1556 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001557 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1558
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001559 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1560 // the target.
1561 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001562 ArySize =
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001563 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001565 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001566 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001567
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001568 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001569 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001570 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001571 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001572
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001573 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1574 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1575 QualType Canon;
1576 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1577 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1578 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001579 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001580 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1581
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001582 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001583 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001584 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001585 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001586 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001587
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001588 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001589 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001590 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001591 Types.push_back(New);
1592 return QualType(New, 0);
1593}
1594
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001595/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1596/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1597/// sizes replaced with [*].
1598QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1599 // Vastly most common case.
1600 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001601
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001602 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001603
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001604 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1605 const Type *ty = split.first;
1606 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1607#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1608#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1609#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1610#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1611 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1612
1613 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1614 case Type::Builtin:
1615 case Type::Complex:
1616 case Type::Vector:
1617 case Type::ExtVector:
1618 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1619 case Type::ObjCObject:
1620 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1621 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1622 case Type::Record:
1623 case Type::Enum:
1624 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1625 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1626 case Type::TypeOf:
1627 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001628 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001629 case Type::DependentName:
1630 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1631 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1632 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1633 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1634 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001635 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001636 case Type::PackExpansion:
1637 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1638
1639 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1640 // further decay.
1641 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1642 case Type::FunctionProto:
1643 case Type::BlockPointer:
1644 case Type::MemberPointer:
1645 return type;
1646
1647 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1648 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1649 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1650 // optimizations available here.
1651 case Type::Pointer:
1652 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1653 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1654 break;
1655
1656 case Type::LValueReference: {
1657 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1658 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1659 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1660 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1661 break;
1662 }
1663
1664 case Type::RValueReference: {
1665 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1666 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1667 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1668 break;
1669 }
1670
1671 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1672 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1673 result = getConstantArrayType(
1674 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1675 cat->getSize(),
1676 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1677 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1678 break;
1679 }
1680
1681 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1682 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1683 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1684 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1685 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1686 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1687 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1688 dat->getBracketsRange());
1689 break;
1690 }
1691
1692 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1693 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1694 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1695 result = getVariableArrayType(
1696 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1697 /*size*/ 0,
1698 ArrayType::Normal,
1699 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1700 SourceRange());
1701 break;
1702 }
1703
1704 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1705 case Type::VariableArray: {
1706 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1707 result = getVariableArrayType(
1708 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1709 /*size*/ 0,
1710 ArrayType::Star,
1711 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1712 vat->getBracketsRange());
1713 break;
1714 }
1715 }
1716
1717 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1718 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1719}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001720
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001721/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1722/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001723QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1724 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001725 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001726 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001727 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001728 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1729 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001730 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001731
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001732 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1733 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1734 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1735 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001736 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001737 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001738 }
1739
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001740 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001741 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001742
1743 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1744 Types.push_back(New);
1745 return QualType(New, 0);
1746}
1747
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001748/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1749/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001750/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001751QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1752 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001753 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001754 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1755 SourceRange brackets) const {
1756 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1757 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001758 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1759
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001760 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1761 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1762 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1763 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1764 if (!numElements) {
1765 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1766 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1767 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1768 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1769 brackets);
1770 Types.push_back(newType);
1771 return QualType(newType, 0);
1772 }
1773
1774 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1775 // also build a canonical type.
1776
1777 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1778
1779 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001780 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001781 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1782 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1783 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001784
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001785 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1786 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1787 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001788
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001789 // If we don't have one, build one.
1790 if (!canonTy) {
1791 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1792 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1793 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1794 brackets);
1795 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1796 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001797 }
1798
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001799 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1800 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1801 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001802
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001803 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1804 // then just use that as our result.
1805 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1806 return canon;
1807
1808 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1809 // of the element type.
1810 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1811 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1812 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1813 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1814 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1815 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001816}
1817
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001818QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001819 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001820 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001821 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001822 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001823
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001824 void *insertPos = 0;
1825 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1826 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1827 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001828
1829 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001830 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1831 // qualifiers off the element type.
1832 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001833
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001834 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1835 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1836 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1837 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1838 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001839
1840 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001841 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1842 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1843 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001844 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001845
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001846 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1847 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001848
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001849 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1850 Types.push_back(newType);
1851 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001852}
1853
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001854/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1855/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001856QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001857 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001858 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001860 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1861 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001862 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001863
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001864 void *InsertPos = 0;
1865 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1866 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1867
1868 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1869 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1870 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001871 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001872 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001873
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001874 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1875 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001876 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001877 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001878 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001879 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001880 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1881 Types.push_back(New);
1882 return QualType(New, 0);
1883}
1884
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001885/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001886/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001887QualType
1888ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor4ac01402011-06-15 16:02:29 +00001889 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001891 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1892 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001893 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001894 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001895 void *InsertPos = 0;
1896 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1897 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1898
1899 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1900 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1901 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001902 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001903 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001904
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001905 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1906 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001907 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001908 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001909 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1910 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001911 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1912 Types.push_back(New);
1913 return QualType(New, 0);
1914}
1915
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001916QualType
1917ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1918 Expr *SizeExpr,
1919 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001920 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001921 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001922 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001923
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001924 void *InsertPos = 0;
1925 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1926 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1927 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1928 if (Canon) {
1929 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1930 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001931 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1932 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1933 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001934 } else {
1935 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1936 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001937 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1938 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1939 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001940
1941 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1942 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1943 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1944 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001945 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1946 } else {
1947 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1948 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001949 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1950 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001951 }
1952 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001953
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001954 Types.push_back(New);
1955 return QualType(New, 0);
1956}
1957
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001958/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001959///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001960QualType
1961ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1962 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001963 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
1964 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1965 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001966 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1967 // structure.
1968 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001969 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001971 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001973 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001974 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001975
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001976 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001977 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001978 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001979 Canonical =
1980 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1981 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001982
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001983 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001984 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1985 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001986 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001987 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001988
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001989 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001990 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001991 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001992 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001993 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001994 return QualType(New, 0);
1995}
1996
1997/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1998/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001999QualType
2000ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2001 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2002 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002003 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2004 // structure.
2005 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002006 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002007
2008 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002009 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002010 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002011 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002012
2013 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002014 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002015 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002016 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002017 isCanonical = false;
2018
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002019 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2020 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2021 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002022
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002023 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002024 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002025 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002026 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002027 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
2028 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2029 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002030 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002031
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002032 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002033 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2034 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002035 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2036 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2037
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002038 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002039 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002040 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002041
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002042 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002043 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2044 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002045 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002046 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002047
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002048 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2049 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2050 // - parameter types
2051 // - exception types
2052 // - consumed-arguments flags
2053 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2054 // expression.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002055 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002056 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2057 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2058 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2059 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002060 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002061 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002062 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2063 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2064
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002065 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002066 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2067 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002068 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002069 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002070 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002071 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2072}
2073
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002074#ifndef NDEBUG
2075static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2076 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2077 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2078 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2079 return true;
2080 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2081 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2082 return true;
2083 return false;
2084}
2085#endif
2086
2087/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2088/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2089QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002090 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002091 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2092 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2093 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00002094 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002095 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2096 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2097 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2098 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002099 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002100 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002101 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2102 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002103 }
2104 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2105}
2106
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002107/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2108/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002109QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002110 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002111 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002113 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002114 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002115
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002116 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2117 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2118
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002119 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002120 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2121 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2122 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002123 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002124 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002125 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2126 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002127 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002128 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002129 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002130 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2131 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2132 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002133 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002134 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002135
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002136 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002137}
2138
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002139/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002140/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002141QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002142ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2143 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002144 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002146 if (Canonical.isNull())
2147 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002148 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002149 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002150 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2151 Types.push_back(newType);
2152 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002153}
2154
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002155QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002156 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2157
2158 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2159 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2160 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2161
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002162 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2163 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2164 Types.push_back(newType);
2165 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002166}
2167
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002168QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002169 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2170
2171 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2172 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2173 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2174
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002175 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2176 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2177 Types.push_back(newType);
2178 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002179}
2180
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002181QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2182 QualType modifiedType,
2183 QualType equivalentType) {
2184 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2185 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2186
2187 void *insertPos = 0;
2188 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2189 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2190
2191 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2192 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2193 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2194
2195 Types.push_back(type);
2196 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2197
2198 return QualType(type, 0);
2199}
2200
2201
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002202/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2203QualType
2204ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002205 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002206 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002207 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2208
2209 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2210 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2211 void *InsertPos = 0;
2212 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2213 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2214
2215 if (!SubstParm) {
2216 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2217 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2218 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2219 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2220 }
2221
2222 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2223}
2224
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002225/// \brief Retrieve a
2226QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2227 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2228 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2229#ifndef NDEBUG
2230 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2231 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2232 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2233 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2234 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2235 }
2236#endif
2237
2238 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2239 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2240 void *InsertPos = 0;
2241 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2242 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2243 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2244
2245 QualType Canon;
2246 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2247 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2248 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2249 ArgPack);
2250 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2251 }
2252
2253 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2254 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2255 ArgPack);
2256 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2257 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2258 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2259}
2260
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002261/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002263/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002265 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002266 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002267 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002268 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002269 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002271 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2272
2273 if (TypeParm)
2274 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002276 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002277 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002278 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002279
2280 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2281 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2282 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2283 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002284 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002285 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2286 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002287
2288 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2289 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2290
2291 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2292}
2293
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002294TypeSourceInfo *
2295ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2296 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2297 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002298 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002299 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2300 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002301 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002302
2303 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2304 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2305 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2306 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2307 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2308 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2309 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2310 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2311 return DI;
2312}
2313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002314QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002315ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002316 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002317 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002318 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2319 "No dependent template names here!");
2320
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002321 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2322
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002323 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2324 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2325 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2326 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2327
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002328 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002329 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002330}
2331
2332QualType
2333ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002334 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2335 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002336 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002337 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2338 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002339 // Look through qualified template names.
2340 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2341 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002342
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002343 bool isTypeAlias =
2344 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2345 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
2346
2347 QualType CanonType;
2348 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2349 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2350 else {
2351 assert(!isTypeAlias &&
2352 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2353 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2354 NumArgs);
2355 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002356
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002357 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2358 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2359 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002360 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2361 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
2362 (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002363 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002365 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002366 Args, NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002367 CanonType,
2368 isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002370 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002372}
2373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002375ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2376 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002377 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002378 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2379 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002380 assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() ||
2381 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) &&
2382 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2383
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002384 // Look through qualified template names.
2385 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2386 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002387
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002388 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2389 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2390 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2391 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2392 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2393 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2394
2395 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2396 // exists.
2397 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2398 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2399 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2400
2401 void *InsertPos = 0;
2402 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2403 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2404
2405 if (!Spec) {
2406 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2407 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2408 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2409 TypeAlignment);
2410 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2411 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002412 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002413 Types.push_back(Spec);
2414 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2415 }
2416
2417 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2418 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2419 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2420}
2421
2422QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002423ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2424 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002425 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002427 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002428
2429 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002430 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002431 if (T)
2432 return QualType(T, 0);
2433
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002434 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2435 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2436 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002437 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2438 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002439 (void)CheckT;
2440 }
2441
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002442 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002443 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002444 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002445 return QualType(T, 0);
2446}
2447
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002448QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002449ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002450 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2451 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2452
2453 void *InsertPos = 0;
2454 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2455 if (T)
2456 return QualType(T, 0);
2457
2458 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2459 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2460 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2461 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2462 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2463 (void)CheckT;
2464 }
2465
2466 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2467 Types.push_back(T);
2468 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2469 return QualType(T, 0);
2470}
2471
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002472QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2473 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2474 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002475 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002476 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2477
2478 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2479 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002480 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2481 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2482 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2483
2484 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2485 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002486 }
2487
2488 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002489 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002490
2491 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002492 DependentNameType *T
2493 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002494 if (T)
2495 return QualType(T, 0);
2496
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002497 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002498 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002499 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002501}
2502
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002503QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002504ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2505 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002506 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002507 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002508 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002509 // TODO: avoid this copy
2510 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2511 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2512 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2513 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2514 ArgCopy.size(),
2515 ArgCopy.data());
2516}
2517
2518QualType
2519ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2520 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2521 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2522 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2523 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002524 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002525 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2526 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002527
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002528 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002529 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2530 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002531
2532 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002533 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2534 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002535 if (T)
2536 return QualType(T, 0);
2537
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002538 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002539
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002540 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2541 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2542
2543 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2544 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2545 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2546 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2547 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2548 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002549 }
2550
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002551 QualType Canon;
2552 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2553 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2554 Name, NumArgs,
2555 CanonArgs.data());
2556
2557 // Find the insert position again.
2558 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2559 }
2560
2561 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2562 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2563 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002564 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002565 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002566 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002567 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002569}
2570
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002571QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2572 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002574 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002575
2576 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2577 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2578 void *InsertPos = 0;
2579 PackExpansionType *T
2580 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2581 if (T)
2582 return QualType(T, 0);
2583
2584 QualType Canon;
2585 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002586 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002587
2588 // Find the insert position again.
2589 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2590 }
2591
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002592 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002593 Types.push_back(T);
2594 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2595 return QualType(T, 0);
2596}
2597
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002598/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2599/// alphabetically.
2600static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2601 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002602 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002603}
2604
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002605static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002606 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2607 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2608
2609 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2610 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2611 return false;
2612 return true;
2613}
2614
2615static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002616 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2617 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002619 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2620 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2621
2622 // Remove duplicates.
2623 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2624 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2625}
2626
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002627QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2628 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002629 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002630 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2631 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2632 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2633 return BaseType;
2634
2635 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002636 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002637 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002638 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002639 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2640 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002641
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002642 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2643 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002644 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002645 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2646 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2647 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002648 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2649 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002650 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2651
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002652 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002653 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2654 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002655 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002656 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2657 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002658 }
2659
2660 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002661 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2662 }
2663
2664 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2665 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2666 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2667 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2668 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2669
2670 Types.push_back(T);
2671 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2672 return QualType(T, 0);
2673}
2674
2675/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2676/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002677QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002678 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2679 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2680
2681 void *InsertPos = 0;
2682 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2683 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2684 return QualType(QT, 0);
2685
2686 // Find the canonical object type.
2687 QualType Canonical;
2688 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2689 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2690
2691 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002692 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2693 }
2694
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002695 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002696 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2697 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2698 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002699
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002700 Types.push_back(QType);
2701 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002702 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002703}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002704
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002705/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2706/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002707QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002708 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2709 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002710
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002711 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2712 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2713 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2714 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2715 Types.push_back(T);
2716 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002717}
2718
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002719/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2720/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002721/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002723/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002724QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002725 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002726 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2727 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2728 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002730 void *InsertPos = 0;
2731 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2732 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2733 if (Canon) {
2734 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2735 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002736 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002737 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2738 }
2739 else {
2740 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002741 Canon
2742 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002743 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2744 toe = Canon;
2745 }
2746 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002747 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002748 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002749 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002750 Types.push_back(toe);
2751 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002752}
2753
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002754/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2755/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2756/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002757/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002758/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002759QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002760 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002761 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002762 Types.push_back(tot);
2763 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002764}
2765
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002766/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2767/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002768static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002769 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2770 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002772 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2773 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2774 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2775 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2776 return VD->getType();
2777 }
2778 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2779 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2780 return FD->getType();
2781 }
2782 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2783 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2784 // return type of that function.
2785 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2786 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002788 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
2790 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002791 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002792 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002793 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002794
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002795 return T;
2796}
2797
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002798/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2799/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2800/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002802/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002803QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002804 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor561f8122011-07-01 01:22:09 +00002805
2806 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
2807 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
2808 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
2809 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
2810 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002811 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2812 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002814 void *InsertPos = 0;
2815 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2816 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2817 if (Canon) {
2818 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2819 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002820 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002821 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2822 }
2823 else {
2824 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002825 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002826 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2827 dt = Canon;
2828 }
2829 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002830 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002831 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002832 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002833 Types.push_back(dt);
2834 return QualType(dt, 0);
2835}
2836
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002837/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
2838/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
2839QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2840 QualType UnderlyingType,
2841 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
2842 const {
2843 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00002844 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
2845 Kind,
2846 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
2847 QualType() : UnderlyingType);
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002848 Types.push_back(Ty);
2849 return QualType(Ty, 0);
2850}
2851
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002852/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002853QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002854 void *InsertPos = 0;
2855 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2856 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2857 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2858 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2859 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2860 return QualType(AT, 0);
2861 }
2862
2863 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2864 Types.push_back(AT);
2865 if (InsertPos)
2866 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2867 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002868}
2869
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00002870/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
2871QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
2872 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
2873 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
2874 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
2875 return AutoDeductTy;
2876}
2877
2878/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
2879QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
2880 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
2881 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
2882 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
2883 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
2884}
2885
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002886/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2887/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002888QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002889 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002890 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2891 // away const? mutable?
2892 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002893}
2894
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002895/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2896/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2897/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002898CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002899 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002900}
2901
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002902/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2903/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2904QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2905 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2906 return WCharTy;
2907}
2908
2909/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2910/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2911QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2912 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2913 return UnsignedIntTy;
2914}
2915
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002916/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2917/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2918QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002919 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002920}
2921
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002922//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2923// Type Operators
2924//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2925
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002926CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002927 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2928 // qualifiers.
2929 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002930 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002931 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002932 QualType Result;
2933 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2934 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2935 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2936 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2937 } else {
2938 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2939 }
2940
2941 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2942}
2943
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002944QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2945 Qualifiers &quals) {
2946 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2947
2948 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2949 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2950 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2951 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2952 const ArrayType *AT =
2953 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2954
2955 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002956 if (!AT) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002957 quals = splitType.second;
2958 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002959 }
2960
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002961 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2962 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2963 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2964
2965 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2966 // can just use the results in splitType.
2967 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2968 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2969 quals = splitType.second;
2970 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2971 }
2972
2973 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2974 // build the type back up.
2975 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002976
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002977 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002978 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002979 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2980 }
2981
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002982 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002983 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002984 }
2985
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002986 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002987 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002988 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002989 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2990 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2991 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2992 }
2993
2994 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002995 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002996 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2997 SourceRange());
2998}
2999
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003000/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3001/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3002/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3003/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3004/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3005/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3006/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3007/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3008bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3009 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3010 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3011 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3012 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3013 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3014 return true;
3015 }
3016
3017 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3018 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3019 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3020 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3021 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3022 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3023 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3024 return true;
3025 }
3026
3027 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
3028 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3029 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3030 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3031 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3032 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3033 return true;
3034 }
3035 }
3036
3037 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3038
3039 return false;
3040}
3041
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003042DeclarationNameInfo
3043ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3044 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003045 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3046 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3047 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003048 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003049 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3050 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003051
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003052 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3053 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3054 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3055 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3056 }
3057
3058 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3059 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003060 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003061 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003062 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3063 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003064 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003065 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3066 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3067 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3068 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3069 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3070 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003071 }
3072 }
3073
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003074 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3075 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3076 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3077 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3078 NameLoc);
3079 }
3080
3081 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3082 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3083 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3084 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3085 NameLoc);
3086 }
3087 }
3088
3089 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003090}
3091
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003092TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003093 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3094 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3095 case TemplateName::Template: {
3096 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003097 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003098 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003099 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3100
3101 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003102 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003103 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003104
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003105 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3106 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003108 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3109 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3110 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3111 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3112 }
3113
3114 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3115 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3116 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3117 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3118 }
3119
3120 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3121 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3122 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3123 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3124 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3125 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3126 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3127 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3128 }
3129 }
3130
3131 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003132}
3133
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003134bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3135 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3136 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3137 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3138}
3139
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003140TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003141ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003142 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3143 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3144 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003145
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003146 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003147 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003148
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003149 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003150 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003151
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003152 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3153 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003154
3155 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3156 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3157 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003158 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003159
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003160 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003161 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003162 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003163
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003164 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003165 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003166
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003167 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003168 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3169 return Arg;
3170
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003171 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3172 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003173 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003174 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003175 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3176 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3177 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003178
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003179 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003180 }
3181 }
3182
3183 // Silence GCC warning
3184 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
3185 return TemplateArgument();
3186}
3187
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003188NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003189ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003190 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003191 return 0;
3192
3193 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3194 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3195 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003196 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003197 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3198 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3199
3200 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3201 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3202 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003203 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3204 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3205
3206 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3207 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3208 // this namespace and no prefix.
3209 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3210 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3211 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003212
3213 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3214 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3215 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003216
3217 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3218 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3219 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3220 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3221 // types, e.g.,
3222 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3223 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3224 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3225 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3226 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3227 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3228 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3229 }
3230
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003231 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003232 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3233 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3234 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3235 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003236
3237 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3238 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3239 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3240 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003241 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3242 }
3243
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003244 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3245 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003246 }
3247
3248 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3249 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3250 return NNS;
3251 }
3252
3253 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3254 return 0;
3255}
3256
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003257
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003258const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003259 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003260 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003261 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3262 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3263 return AT;
3264 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003266 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003267 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003268 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003269
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003270 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003271 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3272 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003274 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3275 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003276 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003277
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003278 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3279 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003280
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003281 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003282 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3283 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003284 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003286 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3287 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003288 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003290 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3291 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3292 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003293 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003294 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3295 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3296 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003297 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003298
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003300 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3301 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003303 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003304 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003305 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003306 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003308 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003309 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003310 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003311 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003312 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003313 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003314}
3315
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003316/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3317/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3318/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3319/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3320///
3321/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003322QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003323 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3324 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3325 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3326 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3327 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3328 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003329
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003330 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003331
3332 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003333 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003334}
3335
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003336QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3337 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003338}
3339
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003340QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3341 Qualifiers qs;
3342 while (true) {
3343 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3344 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3345 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003346
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003347 type = array->getElementType();
3348 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3349 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003350
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003351 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003352}
3353
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003354/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003355uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003356ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3357 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3358 do {
3359 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3360 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3361 } while (CA);
3362 return ElementCount;
3363}
3364
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003365/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3366/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003367static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003368 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003369 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003370
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003371 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3372 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003373 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003374 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3375 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3376 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
3377 }
3378}
3379
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003380/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3381/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003382/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3383/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003384QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3385 QualType Domain) const {
3386 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3387 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3388 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003389 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003390 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3391 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3392 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3393 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003394 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003395
3396 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3397 switch (EltRank) {
3398 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3399 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3400 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3401 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003402 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003403}
3404
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003405/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3406/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3407/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003409int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003410 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3411 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003413 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003414 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003415 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003416 return 1;
3417 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003418}
3419
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003420/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3421/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3422/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003423unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003424 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003425 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003426 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003427
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003428 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3429 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003430 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3431
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003432 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3433 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3434
3435 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3436 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3437
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003438 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003439 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3440 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003441 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003442 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3443 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3444 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3445 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003446 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003447 case BuiltinType::Short:
3448 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003449 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003450 case BuiltinType::Int:
3451 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003452 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003453 case BuiltinType::Long:
3454 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003455 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003456 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3457 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003458 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003459 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3460 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3461 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003462 }
3463}
3464
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003465/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3466/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3467///
3468/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3469/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003470QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003471 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3472 return QualType();
3473
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003474 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3475 if (!Field)
3476 return QualType();
3477
3478 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3479
3480 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3481 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3482 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3483 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3484 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3485 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3486 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3487 return IntTy;
3488
3489 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3490 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3491
3492 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3493 // like the base type.
3494 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3495 // is ridiculous.
3496 return QualType();
3497}
3498
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003499/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3500/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3501/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003502QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003503 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3504 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003505 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3506 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003507 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3508 return IntTy;
3509 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3510 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3511 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3512 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3513}
3514
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00003515/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
3516/// type and returns its ownership.
3517Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
3518 while (!T.isNull()) {
3519 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
3520 return T.getObjCLifetime();
3521 if (T->isArrayType())
3522 T = getBaseElementType(T);
3523 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3524 T = PT->getPointeeType();
3525 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3526 RT->getPointeeType();
3527 else
3528 break;
3529 }
3530
3531 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
3532}
3533
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003534/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003535/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003536/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003537int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003538 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3539 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003540 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003542 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3543 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003545 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3546 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003547
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003548 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3549 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3550 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3551 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003552
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003553 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3554 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3555 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3556 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3557 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003558
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003559 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3560 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003561 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003562 return -1;
3563 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003564
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003565 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3566 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3567 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003569 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3570 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003571 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003572 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003573}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003574
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003575static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003576CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3577 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3578 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003579 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003580 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003581 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003582 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003583}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003584
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003586QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003587 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003588 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003589 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003590 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003591 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003592
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003593 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003594
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003595 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003596 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003597 // int flags;
3598 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003599 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003600 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003601 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003602 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3603
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003604 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003605 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003606 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003607 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003608 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003609 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003610 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003611 /*Mutable=*/false,
3612 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003613 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003614 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003615 }
3616
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003617 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003618 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003619
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003620 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003621}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003622
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003623void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003624 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003625 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3626 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3627}
3628
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003629// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003630QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003631 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3632 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003633 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003634 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3635 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3636
3637 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3638
3639 // const int *isa;
3640 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3641 // const char *str;
3642 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3643 // unsigned int length;
3644 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3645
3646 // Create fields
3647 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3648 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003649 SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003650 SourceLocation(), 0,
3651 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3652 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003653 /*Mutable=*/false,
3654 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003655 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003656 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3657 }
3658
3659 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3660 }
3661
3662 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3663}
3664
3665void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3666 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3667 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3668 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3669}
3670
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003671QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003672 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003673 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003674 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003675 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003676 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003677
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003678 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3679 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003680 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003681 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3682 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3683 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3684 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003686 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003687 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3688 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003689 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003690 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003691 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003693 /*Mutable=*/false,
3694 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003695 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003696 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003697 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003698
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003699 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003700 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003701
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003702 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3703}
3704
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003705QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003706 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3707 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3708
3709 RecordDecl *T;
3710 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003711 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003712 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003713 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003714
3715 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3716 UnsignedLongTy,
3717 UnsignedLongTy,
3718 };
3719
3720 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3721 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003722 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003723 };
3724
3725 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003726 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003727 SourceLocation(),
3728 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003729 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003730 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003731 /*Mutable=*/false,
3732 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003733 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003734 T->addDecl(Field);
3735 }
3736
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003737 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003738
3739 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3740
3741 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3742}
3743
3744void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3745 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3746 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3747 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3748}
3749
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003750QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003751 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3752 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3753
3754 RecordDecl *T;
3755 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003756 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003757 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003758 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003759
3760 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3761 UnsignedLongTy,
3762 UnsignedLongTy,
3763 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3764 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3765 };
3766
3767 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3768 "reserved",
3769 "Size",
3770 "CopyFuncPtr",
3771 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3772 };
3773
3774 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003775 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003776 SourceLocation(),
3777 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003778 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003779 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003780 /*Mutable=*/false,
3781 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003782 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003783 T->addDecl(Field);
3784 }
3785
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003786 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003787
3788 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3789
3790 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3791}
3792
3793void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3794 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3795 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3796 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3797}
3798
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003799bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003800 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003801 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003802 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3803 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3804 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +00003805 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003806
3807 }
3808 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003809 return false;
3810}
3811
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003812QualType
3813ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003814 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003815 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003816 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003817 // unsigned int __flags;
3818 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003819 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3820 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003821 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003822 // } *
3823
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003824 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3825
3826 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003827 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3828 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3829 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003830 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003831 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003832 T->startDefinition();
3833 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3834 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3835 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3836 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3837 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3838 Int32Ty,
3839 Int32Ty,
3840 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3841 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3842 Ty
3843 };
3844
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003845 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003846 "__isa",
3847 "__forwarding",
3848 "__flags",
3849 "__size",
3850 "__copy_helper",
3851 "__destroy_helper",
3852 DeclName,
3853 };
3854
3855 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3856 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3857 continue;
3858 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003859 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003860 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003861 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00003862 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3863 /*HasInit=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003864 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003865 T->addDecl(Field);
3866 }
3867
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003868 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003869
3870 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003871}
3872
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003873void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003874 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003875 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3876 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3877}
3878
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003879// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3880// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003881static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003882 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003883 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3884 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003885
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003886 return false;
3887}
3888
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003889/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003890/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003891CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003892 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
3893 return CharUnits::Zero();
3894
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003895 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003896
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003897 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003898 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003899 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003900 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3901 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003902 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003903 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003904}
3905
3906static inline
3907std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3908 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003909}
3910
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003911/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003912/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003913std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3914 std::string S;
3915
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003916 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3917 QualType BlockTy =
3918 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3919 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003920 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003921 // Compute size of all parameters.
3922 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3923 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3924 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003925 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3926 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003927 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003928 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3929 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003930 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003931 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003932 ParmOffset += sz;
3933 }
3934 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003935 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003936 // Block pointer and offset.
3937 S += "@?0";
3938 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3939
3940 // Argument types.
3941 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3942 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3943 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3944 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3945 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3946 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3947 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3948 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3949 // elements.
3950 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3951 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3952 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3953 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3954 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003955 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003956 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003957 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003958
3959 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003960}
3961
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003962bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003963 std::string& S) {
3964 // Encode result type.
3965 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3966 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3967 // Compute size of all parameters.
3968 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3969 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3970 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3971 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003972 if (sz.isZero())
3973 return true;
3974
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003975 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003976 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003977 ParmOffset += sz;
3978 }
3979 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3980 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3981
3982 // Argument types.
3983 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3984 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3985 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3986 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3987 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3988 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3989 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3990 // elements.
3991 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3992 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3993 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3994 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3995 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3996 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3997 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3998 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00003999
4000 return false;
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004001}
4002
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004003/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004004/// declaration.
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004005bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004006 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004007 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004008 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004009 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004010 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004011 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004012 // Compute size of all parameters.
4013 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4014 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4015 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004016 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004017 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4018 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004019 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004020 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004021 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004022 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004023 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004024 if (sz.isZero())
4025 return true;
4026
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004027 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4028 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004029 ParmOffset += sz;
4030 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004031 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004032 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004033 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004035 // Argument types.
4036 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004037 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004038 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004039 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004040 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004041 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004042 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4043 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4044 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004045 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004046 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4047 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4048 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004049 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004050 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004051 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004052 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004053 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004054 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004055 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004056
4057 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004058}
4059
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004060/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004061/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004062/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4063/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004064/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4065/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4066/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4067/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4068/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004069/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4070/// @code
4071/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4072/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4073/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4074/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4075/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4076/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4077/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4078/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
4079/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
4080/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4081/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4082/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4083/// };
4084/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004085void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004086 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004087 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004088 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4089 bool Dynamic = false;
4090 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4091
4092 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4093 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004094 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004095 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4096 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004097 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004098 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004099 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4100 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4101 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4102 Dynamic = true;
4103 } else {
4104 SynthesizePID = PID;
4105 }
4106 }
4107 }
4108 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004109 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004110 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004111 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004112 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004113 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4114 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4115 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4116 Dynamic = true;
4117 } else {
4118 SynthesizePID = PID;
4119 }
4120 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004121 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004122 }
4123 }
4124
4125 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4126 S = "T";
4127
4128 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004129 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4130 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004131 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004132 true /* outermost type */,
4133 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004134
4135 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4136 S += ",R";
4137 } else {
4138 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4139 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4140 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004142 }
4143 }
4144
4145 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4146 // are "dynamic by default".
4147 if (Dynamic)
4148 S += ",D";
4149
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004150 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4151 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004152
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004153 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4154 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004155 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004156 }
4157
4158 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4159 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004160 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004161 }
4162
4163 if (SynthesizePID) {
4164 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4165 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004166 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004167 }
4168
4169 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4170}
4171
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004172/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004173/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4174/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004175/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4176///
4177void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004178 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004179 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004180 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004181 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004182 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004183 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004184 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4185 }
4186 }
4187}
4188
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004189void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004190 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004191 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4192 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4193 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4194 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004195 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004196 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004197}
4198
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004199static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4200 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
4201 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
4202 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4203 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4204 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4205 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4206 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4207 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4208 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004209 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004210 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4211 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4212 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4213 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4214 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004215 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4216 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004217 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4218 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004219 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004220 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4221 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4222 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4223 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004224 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004225 }
4226}
4227
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004228static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004229 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004230 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
4231 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004232 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004233 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4234 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4235 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4236 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4237 //
4238 // struct
4239 // {
4240 // int integer;
4241 // int flags:2;
4242 // };
4243 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4244 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4245 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4246 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4247 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4248 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4249 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4250 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4251 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
4252 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
4253 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4254 unsigned i = 0;
4255 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4256 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4257 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4258 if (*Field == FD)
4259 break;
4260 }
4261 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnallc7ff82c2010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004262 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4263 S += 'i';
4264 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004265 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004266 }
4267 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004268 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4269}
4270
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004271// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004272void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4273 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4274 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004275 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004276 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004277 bool EncodingProperty,
4278 bool StructField) const {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004279 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004280 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004281 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4282 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004283 return;
4284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004285
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004286 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004287 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004288 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004289 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004290 return;
4291 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004292
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004293 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4294 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004295 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004296 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4297 S += ':';
4298 return;
4299 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004300 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4301 }
4302 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4303 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4304 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004305 bool isReadOnly = false;
4306 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4307 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4308 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004309 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004310 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004311 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4312 isReadOnly = true;
4313 S += 'r';
4314 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004315 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004316 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004317 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4318 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004319 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4320 isReadOnly = true;
4321 S += 'r';
4322 }
4323 }
4324 if (isReadOnly) {
4325 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4326 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4327 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004328 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4329 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004330 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004331
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004332 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4333 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4334 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004335 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004336 S += '*';
4337 return;
4338 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004339 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004340 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4341 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4342 S += '#';
4343 return;
4344 }
4345 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4346 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4347 S += '@';
4348 return;
4349 }
4350 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004351 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004352 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004353 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4354
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004355 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004356 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004357 return;
4358 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004359
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004360 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4361 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4362 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004363 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004364 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4365 S += '^';
4366
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004367 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004368 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4369 } else {
4370 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004371
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004372 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
4373 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
4374 S += '0';
4375 else
4376 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4377 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004378 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004379 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
4380 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004381 S += '0';
4382 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004383
4384 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004385 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4386 S += ']';
4387 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004388 return;
4389 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004390
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004391 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004392 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004393 return;
4394 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004395
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004396 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004397 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004398 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004399 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4400 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4401 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004402 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4403 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4404 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4405 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4406 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004407 TemplateArgs.data(),
4408 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004409 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4410
4411 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4412 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004413 } else {
4414 S += '?';
4415 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004416 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004417 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004418 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
4419 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
4420 } else {
4421 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4422 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4423 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
4424 if (FD) {
4425 S += '"';
4426 S += Field->getNameAsString();
4427 S += '"';
4428 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004429
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004430 // Special case bit-fields.
4431 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4432 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
4433 (*Field));
4434 } else {
4435 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4436 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4437 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
4438 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
4439 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4440 /*StructField*/true);
4441 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004442 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004443 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004444 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004445 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004446 return;
4447 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004448
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004449 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004450 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004451 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004452 else
4453 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004454 return;
4455 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004456
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004457 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004458 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004459 return;
4460 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004461
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004462 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4463 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4464 T = OT->getBaseType();
4465
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004466 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004467 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004468 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004469 S += '{';
4470 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4471 S += II->getName();
4472 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004473 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4474 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4475 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4476 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4477 if (Field->isBitField())
4478 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004479 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004480 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004481 }
4482 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004483 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004485
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004486 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004487 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4488 S += '@';
4489 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004491
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004492 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4493 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4494 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4495 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004496 S += '#';
4497 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004498 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004499
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004500 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004501 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004502 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4503 ExpandStructures, FD);
4504 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4505 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4506 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004507 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004508 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4509 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004510 S += '<';
4511 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4512 S += '>';
4513 }
4514 S += '"';
4515 }
4516 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004517 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004518
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004519 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4520 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4521 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4522 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004523 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004524 // {...};
4525 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004526 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4527 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004528 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004529 return;
4530 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004531
4532 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004533 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004534 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004535 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004536 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4537 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004538 S += '<';
4539 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4540 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004541 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004542 S += '"';
4543 }
4544 return;
4545 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004546
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004547 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4548 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4549 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4550 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004551
4552 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4553 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4554 // insufficient.
4555 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4556 return;
4557 }
4558
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004559 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004560}
4561
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004562void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
4563 std::string &S,
4564 const FieldDecl *FD,
4565 bool includeVBases) const {
4566 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
4567 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
4568 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
4569 return;
4570
4571 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
4572 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
4573 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
4574
4575 if (CXXRec) {
4576 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4577 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
4578 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4579 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
4580 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004581 if (base->isEmpty())
4582 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004583 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4584 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4585 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4586 }
4587 }
4588 }
4589
4590 unsigned i = 0;
4591 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4592 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4593 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
4594 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
4595 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4596 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
4597 }
4598
4599 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
4600 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4601 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
4602 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4603 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004604 if (base->isEmpty())
4605 continue;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004606 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4607 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4608 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4609 }
4610 }
4611
4612 CharUnits size;
4613 if (CXXRec) {
4614 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
4615 } else {
4616 size = layout.getSize();
4617 }
4618
4619 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
4620 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4621 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
4622
4623 if (CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) {
4624 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
4625 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
4626 if (FD) {
4627 S += "\"_vptr$";
4628 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
4629 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
4630 S += recname;
4631 S += '"';
4632 }
4633 S += "^^?";
4634 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
4635 }
4636
4637 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4638 // Mark the end of the structure.
4639 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
4640 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4641 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
4642 }
4643
4644 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
4645 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
4646
4647 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
4648 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
4649 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
4650 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
4651 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
4652 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
4653 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
4654 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
4655 // longer then though.
4656 CurOffs += padding;
4657 }
4658
4659 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
4660 if (dcl == 0)
4661 break; // reached end of structure.
4662
4663 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
4664 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
4665 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
4666 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
4667 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
4668 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00004669 assert(!base->isEmpty());
4670 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004671 } else {
4672 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
4673 if (FD) {
4674 S += '"';
4675 S += field->getNameAsString();
4676 S += '"';
4677 }
4678
4679 if (field->isBitField()) {
4680 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
4681 CurOffs += field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue();
4682 } else {
4683 QualType qt = field->getType();
4684 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4685 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
4686 /*OutermostType*/false,
4687 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4688 /*StructField*/true);
4689 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
4690 }
4691 }
4692 }
4693}
4694
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004695void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004696 std::string& S) const {
4697 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4698 S += 'n';
4699 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4700 S += 'N';
4701 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4702 S += 'o';
4703 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4704 S += 'O';
4705 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4706 S += 'R';
4707 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4708 S += 'V';
4709}
4710
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004711void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004712 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004713
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004714 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4715}
4716
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004717void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004718 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004719}
4720
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004721void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004722 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004723}
4724
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004725void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004726 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004727}
4728
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004729void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004730 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004731}
4732
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004733void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004735 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004736
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004737 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004738}
4739
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004740/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4741/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004742TemplateName
4743ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4744 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004745 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4746 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4747
4748 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4749 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4750 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4751
4752 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004753 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004754 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4755 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4756 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4757 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4758 *Storage++ = D;
4759 }
4760
4761 return TemplateName(OT);
4762}
4763
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004764/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4765/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004766TemplateName
4767ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4768 bool TemplateKeyword,
4769 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004770 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4771
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004772 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004773 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4774 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4775
4776 void *InsertPos = 0;
4777 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4778 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4779 if (!QTN) {
4780 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4781 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4782 }
4783
4784 return TemplateName(QTN);
4785}
4786
4787/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4788/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004789TemplateName
4790ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4791 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004792 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004793 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004794
4795 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4796 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4797
4798 void *InsertPos = 0;
4799 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4800 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4801
4802 if (QTN)
4803 return TemplateName(QTN);
4804
4805 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4806 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4807 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4808 } else {
4809 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4810 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004811 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4812 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4813 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4814 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004815 }
4816
4817 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4818 return TemplateName(QTN);
4819}
4820
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004821/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4822/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4823TemplateName
4824ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004825 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004826 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4827 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4828
4829 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4830 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4831
4832 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004833 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4834 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004835
4836 if (QTN)
4837 return TemplateName(QTN);
4838
4839 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4840 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4841 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4842 } else {
4843 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4844 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004845
4846 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4847 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4848 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4849 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004850 }
4851
4852 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4853 return TemplateName(QTN);
4854}
4855
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004856TemplateName
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004857ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
4858 TemplateName replacement) const {
4859 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4860 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
4861
4862 void *insertPos = 0;
4863 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
4864 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
4865
4866 if (!subst) {
4867 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
4868 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
4869 }
4870
4871 return TemplateName(subst);
4872}
4873
4874TemplateName
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004875ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4876 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4877 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4878 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4879 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4880
4881 void *InsertPos = 0;
4882 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4883 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4884
4885 if (!Subst) {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004886 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004887 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4888 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4889 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4890 }
4891
4892 return TemplateName(Subst);
4893}
4894
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004895/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004896/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4897/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004898CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004899 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004900 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004901 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4902 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4903 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4904 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4905 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4906 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4907 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4908 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4909 }
4910
4911 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004912 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004913}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004914
4915//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4916// Type Predicates.
4917//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4918
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004919/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4920/// garbage collection attribute.
4921///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004922Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4923 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4924 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4925
4926 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4927 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4928
4929 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4930 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4931 // as __strong.
4932 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4933 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4934 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4935 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4936 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4937 } else {
4938 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4939 // pointer.
4940#ifndef NDEBUG
4941 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4942 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4943 CT = AT->getElementType();
4944 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4945#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004946 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004947 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004948}
4949
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004950//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4951// Type Compatibility Testing
4952//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004953
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004954/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004955/// compatible.
4956static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4957 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004958 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004959 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004960 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004961}
4962
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004963bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4964 QualType SecondVec) {
4965 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4966 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4967
4968 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4969 return true;
4970
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004971 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4972 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004973 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4974 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004975 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004976 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004977 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4978 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4979 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4980 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004981 return true;
4982
4983 return false;
4984}
4985
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004986//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4987// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4988//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4989
4990/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4991/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004992bool
4993ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4994 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004995 if (lProto == rProto)
4996 return true;
4997 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4998 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4999 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
5000 return true;
5001 return false;
5002}
5003
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005004/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
5005/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
5006/// otherwise.
5007bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5008 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5009 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
5010 return false;
5011}
5012
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005013/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
5014/// Class<p1, ...>.
5015bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
5016 QualType rhs) {
5017 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5018 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5019 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
5020
5021 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5022 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5023 bool match = false;
5024 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5025 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5026 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5027 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5028 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
5029 match = true;
5030 break;
5031 }
5032 }
5033 if (!match)
5034 return false;
5035 }
5036 return true;
5037}
5038
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005039/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
5040/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
5041bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5042 bool compare) {
5043 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005044 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005045 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
5046 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005047 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005048 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
5049 return true;
5050
5051 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005052 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005053
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005054 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005055
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005056 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005058 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5059 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5060 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5061 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5062 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5063 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5064 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005065 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005066 return false;
5067 }
5068 }
5069 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
5070 return true;
5071 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005072 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005073 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5074 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5075 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5076 bool match = false;
5077
5078 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5079 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5080 // through its super class and categories.
5081 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5082 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5083 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5084 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5085 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5086 match = true;
5087 break;
5088 }
5089 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005090 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005091 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
5092 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5093 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
5094 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5095 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5096 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5097 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005098 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005099 match = true;
5100 break;
5101 }
5102 }
5103 }
5104 if (!match)
5105 return false;
5106 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005107
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005108 return true;
5109 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005110
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005111 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
5112 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
5113
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005114 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005115 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005116 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005117 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5118 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5119 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5120 bool match = false;
5121
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005122 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005123 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5124 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005125 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
5126 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005127 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5128 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5129 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5130 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5131 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5132 match = true;
5133 break;
5134 }
5135 }
5136 if (!match)
5137 return false;
5138 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005139
5140 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
5141 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
5142 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5143 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
5144 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
5145 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
5146 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
5147 // assume that it is mismatch.
5148 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
5149 return false;
5150 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5151 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5152 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5153 bool match = false;
5154 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
5155 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5156 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5157 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5158 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5159 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5160 match = true;
5161 break;
5162 }
5163 }
5164 if (!match)
5165 return false;
5166 }
5167 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005168 return true;
5169 }
5170 return false;
5171}
5172
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005173/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005174/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
5175/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
5176///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005177bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5178 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005179 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5180 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5181
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00005182 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005183 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
5184 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005185 return true;
5186
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005187 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005188 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5189 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005190 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005191
5192 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
5193 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5194 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
5195
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005196 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
5197 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005198 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005199
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005200 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005201}
5202
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005203/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00005204/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005205/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
5206/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
5207/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
5208bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5209 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005210 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5211 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005212 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005213 return true;
5214
5215 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5216 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
5217 }
5218
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005219 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005220 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5221 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
5222 false);
5223
5224 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5225 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5226 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
5227 if (LHS != RHS) {
5228 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005229 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005230 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005231 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005232 }
5233 else
5234 return true;
5235 }
5236 return false;
5237}
5238
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005239/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
5240/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
5241/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
5242/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
5243static
5244void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
5245 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5246 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5247 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
5248
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005249 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5250 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5251 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
5252 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005253
5254 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
5255 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
5256 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
5257 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
5258 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005260 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
5261 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005262 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5263 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
5264 }
5265
5266 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
5267 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00005268 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
5269 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005270 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
5271 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
5272 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
5273 }
5274 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005275 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005276 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
5277 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005278 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5279 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5280 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
5281 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
5282 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005283 }
5284}
5285
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005286/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
5287/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
5288/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
5289/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
5290QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005291 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
5292 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
5293 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
5294 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
5295 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
5296 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005297 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (LDecl == RDecl))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005298 return QualType();
5299
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005300 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005301 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005302 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005303 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
5304 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5305
5306 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5307 if (!Protocols.empty())
5308 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5309 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5310 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005311 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005312 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005313
5314 return QualType();
5315}
5316
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005317bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5318 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5319 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5320 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5321
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005322 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5323 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005324 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005325 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005326
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005327 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5328 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005329 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005330 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005331
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005332 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5333 // more detailed analysis is required.
5334 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5335 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5336 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5337 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005338 bool IsSuperClass =
5339 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5340 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005341 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5342 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5343 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5344 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5345 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005346 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005347 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5348 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5349 return false;
5350
5351 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5352 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5353 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5354 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5355 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5356
5357 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5358 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5359 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5360 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5361 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5362 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5363 break;
5364 }
5365 }
5366 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5367 return false;
5368 }
5369 return true;
5370 }
5371 return false;
5372 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005373
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005374 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5375 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005376 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5377 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5378
5379 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5380 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005381 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5382 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005383 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5384 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005385 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005386 break;
5387 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005388 }
5389 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5390 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5391 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005392 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005393 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5394 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005395}
5396
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005397bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5398 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005399 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5400 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005401
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005402 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005403 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005404
5405 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5406 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005407}
5408
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005409bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5410 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5411 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5412 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5413}
5414
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005415/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005416/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005417/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005418/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005419bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5420 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005421 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5422 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5423
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005424 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005425}
5426
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005427bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5428 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5429}
5430
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005431/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5432/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5433/// QualType()
5434QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5435 bool OfBlockPointer,
5436 bool Unqualified) {
5437 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5438 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5439 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5440 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5441 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005442 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005443 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5444 if (!MT.isNull())
5445 return MT;
5446 }
5447 }
5448 }
5449
5450 return QualType();
5451}
5452
5453/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5454/// argument types
5455QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5456 bool OfBlockPointer,
5457 bool Unqualified) {
5458 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5459 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5460 // type is compatible with a union member
5461 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5462 Unqualified);
5463 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5464 return lmerge;
5465
5466 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5467 Unqualified);
5468 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5469 return rmerge;
5470
5471 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5472}
5473
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005474QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005475 bool OfBlockPointer,
5476 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005477 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5478 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005479 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5480 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005481 bool allLTypes = true;
5482 bool allRTypes = true;
5483
5484 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005485 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005486 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5487 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5488 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5489 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5490 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5491 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005492 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005493 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005494 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005495 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5496 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005497 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005498
5499 if (Unqualified)
5500 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5501
5502 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5503 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5504 if (Unqualified) {
5505 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5506 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5507 }
5508
5509 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005510 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005511 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005512 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005513
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005514 // FIXME: double check this
5515 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5516 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5517 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005518 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5519 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005520
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005521 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005522 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005523 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005524
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005525 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005526 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5527 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005528 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5529 return QualType();
5530
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005531 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
5532 return QualType();
5533
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005534 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5535 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5536 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5537 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5538 allLTypes = false;
5539 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5540 allRTypes = false;
5541
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005542 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005543
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005544 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005545 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5546 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005547 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5548 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5549
5550 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5551 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5552 return QualType();
5553
5554 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5555 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5556 return QualType();
5557
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005558 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5559 return QualType();
5560
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005561 // Check argument compatibility
5562 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5563 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5564 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5565 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005566 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5567 OfBlockPointer,
5568 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005569 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005570
5571 if (Unqualified)
5572 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5573
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005574 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005575 if (Unqualified) {
5576 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5577 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5578 }
5579
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005580 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5581 allLTypes = false;
5582 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5583 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005584 }
5585 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5586 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005587
5588 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5589 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5590 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005591 }
5592
5593 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5594 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5595
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005596 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005597 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005598 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005599 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5600 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5601 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5602 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5603 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5604 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5605 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5606 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5607 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005608
5609 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5610 // to pass enum values.
5611 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5612 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5613
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005614 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5615 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5616 return QualType();
5617 }
5618
5619 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5620 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005621
5622 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5623 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005624 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005625 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005626 }
5627
5628 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5629 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005630 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005631}
5632
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005633QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005634 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005635 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005636 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5637 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5638 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005639 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5640 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005641 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5642 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005643
5644 if (Unqualified) {
5645 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5646 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5647 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005648
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005649 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5650 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5651
5652 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5653 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5654 return LHS;
5655
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005656 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005657 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5658 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005659 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5660 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5661 // mismatch.
5662 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00005663 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
5664 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005665 return QualType();
5666
5667 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5668 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5669 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5670 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5671 // qualified __strong.
5672 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5673 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5674 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5675
5676 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5677 return QualType();
5678
5679 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5680 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5681 }
5682 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5683 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5684 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005685 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005686 }
5687
5688 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005689
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005690 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5691 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005692
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005693 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5694 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5695 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5696 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005697
5698 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005699 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5700 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5701 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5702 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005703
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005704 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5705 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5706 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5707
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005708 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5709 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5710 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005711
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005712 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005713 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005714 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005715 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005716 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5717 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005718 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005719 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5720 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005721 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005722 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005723 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5724 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005725 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005726
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005727 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005728 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005729
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005730 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005731 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005732#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5733#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005734#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005735#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5736#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5737#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5738 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5739 return QualType();
5740
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005741 case Type::LValueReference:
5742 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005743 case Type::MemberPointer:
5744 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5745 return QualType();
5746
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005747 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005748 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5749 case Type::VariableArray:
5750 case Type::FunctionProto:
5751 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005752 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5753 return QualType();
5754
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005755 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005756 {
5757 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005758 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5759 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005760 if (Unqualified) {
5761 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5762 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5763 }
5764 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5765 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005766 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005767 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005768 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005769 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005770 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005771 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5772 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005773 case Type::BlockPointer:
5774 {
5775 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005776 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5777 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005778 if (Unqualified) {
5779 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5780 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5781 }
5782 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5783 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005784 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5785 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5786 return LHS;
5787 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5788 return RHS;
5789 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5790 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005791 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005792 {
5793 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5794 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5795 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5796 return QualType();
5797
5798 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5799 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005800 if (Unqualified) {
5801 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5802 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5803 }
5804
5805 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005806 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005807 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5808 return LHS;
5809 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5810 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005811 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5812 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5813 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5814 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005815 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5816 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005817 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5818 return LHS;
5819 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5820 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005821 if (LVAT) {
5822 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5823 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5824 // has to be different.
5825 return LHS;
5826 }
5827 if (RVAT) {
5828 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5829 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5830 // has to be different.
5831 return RHS;
5832 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005833 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5834 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005835 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5836 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005837 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005838 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005839 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005840 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005841 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005842 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005843 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005844 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005845 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005846 case Type::Complex:
5847 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5848 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005849 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005850 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005851 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5852 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005853 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005854 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005855 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5856 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005857 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5858 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005859 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5860 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5861 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005862 return LHS;
5863
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005864 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005865 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005866 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005867 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5868 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5869 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005870 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5871 BlockReturnType))
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005872 return LHS;
5873 return QualType();
5874 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005875 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5876 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005877 return LHS;
5878
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005879 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005880 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005881 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005882
5883 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005884}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005885
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005886/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5887/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5888/// return types.
5889QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5890 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5891 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5892 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5893 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5894 return LHS;
5895 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5896 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5897 return QualType();
5898 QualType OldReturnType =
5899 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5900 QualType NewReturnType =
5901 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5902 QualType ResReturnType =
5903 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5904 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5905 return QualType();
5906 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5907 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5908 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5909 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5910 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005911 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5912 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005913 QualType ResultType
5914 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005915 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005916 return ResultType;
5917 }
5918 }
5919 return QualType();
5920 }
5921
5922 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5923 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5924 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5925 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5926 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5927 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5928 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5929 return QualType();
5930
5931 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5932 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5933 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5934 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5935 // qualified __strong.
5936 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5937 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5938 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5939
5940 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5941 return QualType();
5942
5943 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5944 return LHS;
5945 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5946 return RHS;
5947 return QualType();
5948 }
5949
5950 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5951 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5952 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5953 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5954 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5955 return LHS;
5956 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5957 return RHS;
5958 }
5959 return QualType();
5960}
5961
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005962//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005963// Integer Predicates
5964//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005965
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005966unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005967 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005968 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005969 if (T->isBooleanType())
5970 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005971 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005972 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5973}
5974
5975QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005976 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005977
5978 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5979 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5980 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005981 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005982
5983 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5984 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005985 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005986
5987 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5988 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005989 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5990 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5991 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5992 return UnsignedCharTy;
5993 case BuiltinType::Short:
5994 return UnsignedShortTy;
5995 case BuiltinType::Int:
5996 return UnsignedIntTy;
5997 case BuiltinType::Long:
5998 return UnsignedLongTy;
5999 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6000 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00006001 case BuiltinType::Int128:
6002 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00006003 default:
6004 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
6005 return QualType();
6006 }
6007}
6008
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00006009ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
6010
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006011
6012//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6013// Builtin Type Computation
6014//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6015
6016/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006017/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
6018/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
6019/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
6020/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006021///
6022/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
6023/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006024static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006025 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006026 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006027 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006028 // Modifiers.
6029 int HowLong = 0;
6030 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006031 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006032
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006033 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006034 bool Done = false;
6035 while (!Done) {
6036 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006037 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006038 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006039 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006040 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006041 case 'S':
6042 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6043 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6044 Signed = true;
6045 break;
6046 case 'U':
6047 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
6048 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
6049 Unsigned = true;
6050 break;
6051 case 'L':
6052 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
6053 ++HowLong;
6054 break;
6055 }
6056 }
6057
6058 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006059
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006060 // Read the base type.
6061 switch (*Str++) {
6062 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
6063 case 'v':
6064 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6065 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
6066 Type = Context.VoidTy;
6067 break;
6068 case 'f':
6069 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6070 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
6071 Type = Context.FloatTy;
6072 break;
6073 case 'd':
6074 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
6075 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
6076 if (HowLong)
6077 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
6078 else
6079 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
6080 break;
6081 case 's':
6082 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
6083 if (Unsigned)
6084 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6085 else
6086 Type = Context.ShortTy;
6087 break;
6088 case 'i':
6089 if (HowLong == 3)
6090 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
6091 else if (HowLong == 2)
6092 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
6093 else if (HowLong == 1)
6094 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
6095 else
6096 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
6097 break;
6098 case 'c':
6099 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
6100 if (Signed)
6101 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
6102 else if (Unsigned)
6103 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6104 else
6105 Type = Context.CharTy;
6106 break;
6107 case 'b': // boolean
6108 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
6109 Type = Context.BoolTy;
6110 break;
6111 case 'z': // size_t.
6112 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
6113 Type = Context.getSizeType();
6114 break;
6115 case 'F':
6116 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
6117 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00006118 case 'G':
6119 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
6120 break;
6121 case 'H':
6122 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
6123 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006124 case 'a':
6125 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6126 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
6127 break;
6128 case 'A':
6129 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
6130 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
6131 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
6132 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
6133 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
6134 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
6135 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
6136 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
6137 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6138 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006139 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006140 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006141 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006142 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006143 break;
6144 case 'V': {
6145 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006146 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6147 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006148 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006149
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006150 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
6151 RequiresICE, false);
6152 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006153
6154 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00006155 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006156 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006157 break;
6158 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006159 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006160 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
6161 false);
6162 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006163 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
6164 break;
6165 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006166 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00006167 Type = Context.getFILEType();
6168 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006169 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006170 return QualType();
6171 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006172 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006173 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006174 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006175 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006176 else
6177 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
6178
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006179 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006180 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006181 return QualType();
6182 }
6183 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006184 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006185
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006186 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
6187 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006188 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00006189 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006190 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
6191 case '*':
6192 case '&': {
6193 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
6194 // qualified with an address space.
6195 char *End;
6196 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6197 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
6198 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
6199 Str = End;
6200 }
6201 if (c == '*')
6202 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
6203 else
6204 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
6205 break;
6206 }
6207 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
6208 case 'C':
6209 Type = Type.withConst();
6210 break;
6211 case 'D':
6212 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
6213 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006214 }
6215 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006216
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006217 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006218 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006219
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006220 return Type;
6221}
6222
6223/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006224QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006225 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006226 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006227 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006228
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006229 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006230
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006231 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006232 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006233 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
6234 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006235 if (Error != GE_None)
6236 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006237
6238 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
6239
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006240 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006241 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006242 if (Error != GE_None)
6243 return QualType();
6244
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006245 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
6246 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
6247 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
6248 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
6249
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006250 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
6251 if (Ty->isArrayType())
6252 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006253
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006254 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
6255 }
6256
6257 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
6258 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
6259
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006260 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
6261 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
6262
6263 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
6264
6265 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
6266 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
6267 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006268
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006269 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006270 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
6271 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006272
6273 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006274}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00006275
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006276GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6277 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6278
6279 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006280 switch (L) {
6281 case NoLinkage:
6282 case InternalLinkage:
6283 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6284 return GVA_Internal;
6285
6286 case ExternalLinkage:
6287 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
6288 case TSK_Undeclared:
6289 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6290 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6291 break;
6292
6293 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6294 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6295
6296 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6297 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6298 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6299 break;
6300 }
6301 }
6302
6303 if (!FD->isInlined())
6304 return External;
6305
6306 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
6307 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6308 // externally visible.
6309 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6310 return External;
6311
6312 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6313 return GVA_C99Inline;
6314 }
6315
6316 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6317 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6318 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6319 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6320 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6321 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6322 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6323 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6324 return GVA_C99Inline;
6325
6326 return GVA_CXXInline;
6327}
6328
6329GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6330 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6331 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6332 // template.
6333 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6334 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6335 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6336
6337 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6338 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6339 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6340 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6341
6342 switch (L) {
6343 case NoLinkage:
6344 case InternalLinkage:
6345 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6346 return GVA_Internal;
6347
6348 case ExternalLinkage:
6349 switch (TSK) {
6350 case TSK_Undeclared:
6351 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6352 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6353
6354 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6355 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6356 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6357
6358 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6359 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6360
6361 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6362 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6363 }
6364 }
6365
6366 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6367}
6368
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006369bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006370 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6371 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6372 return false;
6373 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
6374 return false;
6375
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006376 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6377 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6378 return false;
6379
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006380 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6381 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6382 return true;
6383
6384 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6385 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00006386 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006387 return false;
6388
6389 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6390 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6391 return true;
6392
6393 // The key function for a class is required.
6394 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6395 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6396 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6397 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6398 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6399 return true;
6400 }
6401 }
6402
6403 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6404
6405 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6406 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6407 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6408 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6409 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6410 return false;
6411 return true;
6412 }
6413
6414 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6415 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6416
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006417 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6418 return false;
6419
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006420 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6421
6422 // FIXME: Handle references.
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006423 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006424 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6425 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006426 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
6427 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
6428 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
6429 RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006430 return true;
6431 }
6432 }
6433
6434 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6435 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6436 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6437 return false;
6438 }
6439
6440 return true;
6441}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006442
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006443CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6444 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6445 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6446}
6447
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006448bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006449 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6450 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6451}
6452
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006453MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6454 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6455 case CXXABI_ARM:
6456 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6457 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6458 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6459 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6460 }
6461 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6462 return 0;
6463}
6464
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006465CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006466
6467size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
6468 size_t bytes = 0;
6469 bytes += ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize();
6470 bytes += ObjCLayouts.getMemorySize();
6471 bytes += KeyFunctions.getMemorySize();
6472 bytes += ObjCImpls.getMemorySize();
6473 bytes += BlockVarCopyInits.getMemorySize();
6474 bytes += DeclAttrs.getMemorySize();
6475 bytes += InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.getMemorySize();
6476 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.getMemorySize();
6477 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.getMemorySize();
6478 bytes += InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.getMemorySize();
6479 return bytes;
6480}
6481